1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
*arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianity-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), cortex_a8_stubs_(),
872 arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf), prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
878 // Owner of this stub table.
879 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
881 { return this->owner_
; }
883 // Whether this stub table is empty.
887 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
888 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
892 // Return the current data size.
894 current_data_size() const
895 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
897 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
898 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
900 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
902 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
903 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
904 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
908 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
909 // address has been added.
911 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
913 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
914 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
917 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
920 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
922 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
923 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
926 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
928 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
930 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
932 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
934 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
935 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
938 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
939 // Return NULL if there is none.
941 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
943 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
944 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
947 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
949 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
950 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
951 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
953 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
954 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
955 // previous relaxation pass.
957 update_data_size_and_addralign();
959 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
960 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
964 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
966 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
967 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
971 // Write out section contents.
973 do_write(Output_file
*);
975 // Return the required alignment.
978 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
980 // Reset address and file offset.
982 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
983 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
985 // Set final data size.
987 set_final_data_size()
988 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
991 // Relocate one stub.
993 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
994 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
995 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
997 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
999 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1000 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1003 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1004 // fixed up in output.
1005 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1006 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1007 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1009 // Owner of this stub table.
1010 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1011 // The relocation stubs.
1012 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1013 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1014 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1015 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1016 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1017 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1018 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1019 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1020 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1023 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1024 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1026 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1029 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1030 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1033 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1036 { return this->relobj_
; }
1038 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1041 { return this->shndx_
; }
1045 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1047 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1048 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1050 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1054 // Implement do_write for a given endianity.
1055 template<bool big_endian
>
1057 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1059 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1061 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1062 unsigned int shndx_
;
1065 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1066 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1067 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1069 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1070 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1072 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1073 // with some of its entries merged.
1075 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1078 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1079 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1080 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1081 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1082 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1083 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1084 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1085 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1086 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1088 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1089 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1090 exidx_input_section() const
1091 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1093 // Return the section offset map.
1094 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1095 section_offset_map() const
1096 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1099 // Write merged section into file OF.
1101 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1104 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1105 section_offset_type
*) const;
1108 // Original EXIDX input section.
1109 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1110 // Section offset map.
1111 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1114 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1116 template<bool big_endian
>
1117 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1120 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1121 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1122 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1125 ~Arm_input_section()
1132 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1134 is_stub_table_owner() const
1135 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1137 // Return the stub table.
1138 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1140 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1142 // Set the stub_table.
1144 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1145 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1147 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1148 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1149 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1150 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1151 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1154 // Write data to output file.
1156 do_write(Output_file
*);
1158 // Return required alignment of this.
1160 do_addralign() const
1162 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1163 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1164 this->original_addralign_
);
1166 return this->original_addralign_
;
1169 // Finalize data size.
1171 set_final_data_size();
1173 // Reset address and file offset.
1175 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1179 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1180 section_offset_type offset
,
1181 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1183 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1184 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1186 && (convert_types
<uint64_t, section_offset_type
>(offset
)
1187 <= this->original_size_
))
1197 // Copying is not allowed.
1198 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1199 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1201 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1202 uint64_t original_addralign_
;
1203 // Section size of the original input section.
1204 uint64_t original_size_
;
1206 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1209 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1210 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1212 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1215 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
)
1216 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1217 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1218 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
)
1222 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1224 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1225 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1226 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1227 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1229 template<bool big_endian
>
1231 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1232 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1234 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1235 // input section, if there is not one already.
1237 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1239 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1240 // first exidx input in output.
1242 first_output_text_section() const
1243 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1246 // Copying is not allowed.
1247 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1248 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1250 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1255 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1256 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1263 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1264 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1266 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1268 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1269 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1270 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1271 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1272 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1274 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1275 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1277 // EXIDX output section.
1278 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1279 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1280 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1281 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1282 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1283 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1284 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1285 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1286 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1287 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1289 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1292 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1293 // stub generation methods.
1295 template<bool big_endian
>
1296 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1299 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1301 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1302 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1303 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1306 ~Arm_output_section()
1309 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1311 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1313 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1314 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1315 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1316 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1317 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1319 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1321 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1323 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1324 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1325 // output addresses.
1327 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1328 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1329 Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1333 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1334 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1336 // Create a stub group.
1337 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1338 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1339 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1340 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1341 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1344 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1346 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1349 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1350 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1352 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1353 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1354 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1355 addralign_(addralign
)
1358 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1361 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1363 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1366 { return this->relobj_
; }
1368 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1371 { return this->shndx_
; }
1373 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1376 { return this->link_
; }
1378 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1381 { return this->size_
; }
1383 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1386 { return this->addralign_
; }
1389 // Object containing this.
1391 // Section index of this.
1392 unsigned int shndx_
;
1393 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1395 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1397 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1398 uint32_t addralign_
;
1401 // Arm_relobj class.
1403 template<bool big_endian
>
1404 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1407 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1409 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1410 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1411 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1412 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1413 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1414 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1415 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false)
1419 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1421 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1422 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1423 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1425 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1426 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1429 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1431 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1433 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1434 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1437 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1438 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1440 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1442 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1443 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1446 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1448 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1451 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1453 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1455 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1456 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1457 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1458 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1461 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1462 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1463 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1464 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1465 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1467 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1470 processor_specific_flags() const
1471 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1473 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1475 const Attributes_section_data
*
1476 attributes_section_data() const
1477 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1479 // Mapping symbol location.
1480 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1482 // Functor for STL container.
1483 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1486 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1487 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1489 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1490 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1494 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1495 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1496 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1497 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1499 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1501 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1503 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1504 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1507 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1509 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1511 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1512 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1513 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1514 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1517 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1518 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1519 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1520 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1522 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1523 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1524 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1529 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1530 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1531 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1533 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1534 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1535 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1540 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1542 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1543 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1545 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1547 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1548 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1550 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1552 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1555 // Post constructor setup.
1559 // Call parent's setup method.
1560 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1562 // Initialize look-up tables.
1563 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1564 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1567 // Count the local symbols.
1569 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1570 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1573 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1574 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
1575 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1577 // Read the symbol information.
1579 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1581 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1583 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1587 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1589 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1590 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1591 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1593 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1595 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1596 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1598 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1600 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1601 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1602 const Symbol_table
*);
1604 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1606 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1607 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1608 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1610 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1611 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1612 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1613 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1614 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1616 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1617 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1620 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1621 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1622 // index of the linked text section.
1624 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1625 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1626 unsigned int text_shndx
);
1628 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1629 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1631 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1633 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1634 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1637 // List of stub tables.
1638 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1639 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1640 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1641 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1642 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1643 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1644 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1645 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1646 // Mapping symbols information.
1647 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1648 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1649 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1650 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1651 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1652 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1653 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1656 // Arm_dynobj class.
1658 template<bool big_endian
>
1659 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1662 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1663 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1664 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1665 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1669 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1671 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1672 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1673 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1674 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1675 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1677 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1680 processor_specific_flags() const
1681 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1683 // Attributes section data.
1684 const Attributes_section_data
*
1685 attributes_section_data() const
1686 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1689 // Read the symbol information.
1691 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1694 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1695 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1696 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1697 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1700 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1702 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1703 struct Stub_addend_reader
1705 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1706 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1707 // view or from a Reloc object.
1708 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1710 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1711 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1712 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1713 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1716 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1718 template<bool big_endian
>
1719 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1721 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1724 const unsigned char*,
1725 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1728 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1729 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1730 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1731 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1733 template<bool big_endian
>
1734 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1736 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1739 const unsigned char*,
1740 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1741 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1742 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1745 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1746 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1748 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1751 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1752 Arm_address destination
)
1753 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1759 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1761 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1765 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1767 // Return the relocation type.
1770 { return this->r_type_
; }
1772 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1776 { return this->destination_
; }
1779 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1780 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1782 unsigned int r_type_
;
1783 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1785 Arm_address destination_
;
1788 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1789 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1791 template<bool big_endian
>
1792 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1795 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1796 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1799 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1800 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1801 // applied in a static link.
1803 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1804 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1806 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1807 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1808 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1810 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1811 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1813 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1817 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1818 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1819 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1820 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1821 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1823 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1825 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1827 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1828 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1829 unsigned int index
);
1832 // Write out the GOT table.
1834 do_write(Output_file
*);
1837 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1838 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1842 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1843 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1844 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1846 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1847 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1848 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1850 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1851 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1854 // Return the GOT offset.
1857 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1862 { return this->r_type_
; }
1864 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1866 symbol_is_global() const
1867 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1869 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1873 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1874 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1877 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1878 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1881 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1882 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1885 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1889 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1890 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1894 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1895 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1896 // Type of relocation.
1897 unsigned int r_type_
;
1898 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1899 bool symbol_is_global_
;
1900 // A global or local symbol.
1905 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
1910 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
1911 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
1912 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
1918 // Symbol table of the output object.
1919 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
1920 // Layout of the output object.
1922 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
1923 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
1926 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1930 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1931 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1932 template<int no_bits
>
1933 static inline int32_t
1934 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
1936 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1938 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1939 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
1941 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
1942 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1943 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
1946 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1947 template<int no_bits
>
1949 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1951 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1954 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
1955 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1956 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1957 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1960 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1961 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1962 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1963 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1964 template<int no_bits
>
1966 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1968 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
1971 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
1972 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1973 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1974 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1977 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
1978 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
1979 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
1980 static inline uint32_t
1981 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
1982 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
1985 template<bool big_endian
>
1986 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
1989 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
1992 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
1993 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
1996 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
1997 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
1998 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
1999 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2000 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2001 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2002 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2003 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2006 // Whether we can use BLX.
2009 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2011 // Set use-BLX flag.
2013 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2014 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2016 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2018 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2019 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2021 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2023 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2024 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2026 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2028 using_thumb2() const
2030 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2031 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2032 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2033 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2036 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2038 using_thumb_only() const
2040 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2041 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2042 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2043 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2045 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2046 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2049 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2051 may_use_arm_nop() const
2053 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2054 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2055 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2056 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2057 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2058 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2059 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2062 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2064 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2066 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2067 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2068 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2069 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2070 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2071 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2074 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2075 // garbage collection.
2077 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2079 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2080 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2081 unsigned int sh_type
,
2082 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2084 Output_section
* output_section
,
2085 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2086 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2087 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2089 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2091 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2093 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2094 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2095 unsigned int sh_type
,
2096 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2098 Output_section
* output_section
,
2099 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2100 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2101 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2103 // Finalize the sections.
2105 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2107 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2110 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2112 // Relocate a section.
2114 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2115 unsigned int sh_type
,
2116 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2118 Output_section
* output_section
,
2119 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2120 unsigned char* view
,
2121 Arm_address view_address
,
2122 section_size_type view_size
,
2123 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2125 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2127 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2129 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2130 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2131 unsigned int sh_type
,
2132 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2134 Output_section
* output_section
,
2135 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2136 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2137 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2138 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2140 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2142 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2143 unsigned int sh_type
,
2144 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2146 Output_section
* output_section
,
2147 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2148 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2149 unsigned char* view
,
2150 Arm_address view_address
,
2151 section_size_type view_size
,
2152 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2153 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2155 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2157 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2158 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2160 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2162 has_got_section() const
2163 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2165 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2169 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2170 return this->got_
->data_size();
2173 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2175 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
);
2178 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2181 // Return the stub factory
2183 stub_factory() const
2184 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2186 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2187 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2188 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2190 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2191 // section of RELOBJ.
2192 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2193 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2195 // Make a new Stub_table
2196 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2197 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2199 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2201 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2202 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2203 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2208 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2209 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2212 // Get the default ARM target.
2213 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2216 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2217 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2218 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2219 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2222 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2224 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2228 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2229 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2232 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2234 fix_cortex_a8() const
2235 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2237 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2239 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2240 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2241 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2243 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2245 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2247 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2248 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2249 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2251 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2253 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2254 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2257 // Make an ELF object.
2259 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2260 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2263 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2264 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2265 { gold_unreachable(); }
2268 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2269 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2270 { gold_unreachable(); }
2273 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2274 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2275 { gold_unreachable(); }
2277 // Make an output section.
2279 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2280 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2281 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2284 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2286 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2287 // not doing relocatable linking.
2289 do_may_relax() const
2290 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2293 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2295 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2298 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2300 // Reorder tags during output.
2302 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2304 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2306 do_select_as_default_target()
2308 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2309 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2311 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2312 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2316 // The class which scans relocations.
2321 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2325 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2326 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2327 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2328 Output_section
* output_section
,
2329 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2330 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2333 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2334 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2335 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2336 Output_section
* output_section
,
2337 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2341 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2342 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2345 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2347 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
2351 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2352 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2355 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2356 unsigned int , Symbol
*)
2361 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2362 unsigned int r_type
);
2365 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2366 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2369 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2371 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2372 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2374 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2376 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2377 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2380 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2381 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2382 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2383 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2384 || sym
->is_undefined()
2385 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2388 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2389 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2392 // The class which implements relocation.
2402 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2404 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2407 Output_section
* output_section
);
2409 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2410 // any warnings about this relocation.
2412 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2413 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2414 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2415 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2416 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2417 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2420 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2421 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2424 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type
)
2428 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2429 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2431 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2432 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2433 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2434 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2435 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2436 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2437 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2439 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2440 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2441 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2442 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2443 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2444 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2445 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2446 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2455 // Do a TLS relocation.
2456 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2457 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2458 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2459 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2460 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2465 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2466 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2467 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2471 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2474 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2475 // is a local symbol.
2476 static tls::Tls_optimization
2477 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2479 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2480 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2481 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2483 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2485 got_plt_section() const
2487 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2488 return this->got_plt_
;
2491 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2493 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2495 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2497 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2499 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2501 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2502 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2504 // Get the PLT section.
2505 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2508 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2512 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2514 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2516 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2518 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2520 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2521 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2522 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2524 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2526 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2527 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2530 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2532 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2533 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2534 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2535 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2537 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2538 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2539 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2540 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2543 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2545 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2547 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2548 // header of the output.
2550 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2552 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2554 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2556 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2558 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2561 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2563 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2565 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2567 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2569 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2571 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2573 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2575 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2577 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2579 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2580 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2581 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2582 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2583 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2588 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2591 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2593 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2595 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2597 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2598 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2599 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2600 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2602 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2603 template<int sh_type
>
2605 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2606 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2607 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2609 Output_section
* output_section
,
2610 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2611 const unsigned char* view
,
2612 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2615 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2617 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2619 // Functors for STL set.
2620 struct output_section_address_less_than
2623 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2624 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2627 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2628 // general Target structure.
2629 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2631 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2634 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2635 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2636 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2637 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2638 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2641 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2643 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2644 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2645 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2647 Arm_input_section_map
;
2649 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2650 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2651 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2654 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2656 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2657 // The GOT PLT section.
2658 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2659 // The dynamic reloc section.
2660 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2661 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2662 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2663 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2664 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2665 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2666 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2667 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2668 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2669 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2670 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2672 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2673 // Whether we can use BLX.
2675 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2676 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2677 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2678 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2679 // Attributes section data in output.
2680 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2681 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2682 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2683 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2684 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2687 template<bool big_endian
>
2688 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2691 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2692 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2693 false, // has_make_symbol
2694 false, // has_resolve
2695 false, // has_code_fill
2696 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2698 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2699 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2700 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2701 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2702 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2703 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2704 0, // small_common_section_flags
2705 0, // large_common_section_flags
2706 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2707 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2710 // Arm relocate functions class
2713 template<bool big_endian
>
2714 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2719 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2720 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2721 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2725 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2726 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2728 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2731 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2733 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2734 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2735 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2736 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2738 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2739 // instruction encoding described above.
2740 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2741 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2742 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2744 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2745 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2746 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2749 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2751 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2752 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2753 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2754 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2758 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2762 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2765 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2767 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2768 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2769 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2770 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2772 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2773 // instruction encoding described above.
2774 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2775 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2776 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2778 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2779 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2780 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2781 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2782 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
2786 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2788 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2789 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2790 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2791 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2794 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2795 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
2796 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
2797 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
2801 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2802 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2804 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
2810 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2811 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2812 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
2814 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2816 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
2819 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2820 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2821 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2822 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2823 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2824 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2827 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2829 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2830 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2831 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2832 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
2838 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2839 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2840 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2841 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2842 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2845 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
2848 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2850 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2851 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2852 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2853 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
2854 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2857 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2858 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
2862 // Handle ARM long branches.
2863 static typename
This::Status
2864 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2865 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2866 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2867 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2869 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2870 static typename
This::Status
2871 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2872 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2873 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2874 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2877 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2878 static inline int32_t
2879 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2881 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2882 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2883 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2884 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
2885 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
2886 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2887 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2888 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2889 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2891 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
2892 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2895 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2896 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2897 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2898 static inline uint16_t
2899 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2901 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2902 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2903 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
2906 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2907 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2908 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2909 static inline uint16_t
2910 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2912 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2913 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2914 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
2915 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
2916 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
2917 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
2920 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2921 static inline int32_t
2922 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2924 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
2925 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
2926 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
2927 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
2928 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
2930 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2933 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2934 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2935 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2936 static inline uint16_t
2937 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2939 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2940 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2941 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
2944 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2945 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2946 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2947 static inline uint16_t
2948 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2950 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2951 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
2952 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
2953 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
2955 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
2958 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2959 static inline typename
This::Status
2960 abs8(unsigned char *view
,
2961 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2962 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2964 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2965 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2966 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2967 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2968 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
2969 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2970 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
2971 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2972 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<8>(x
)
2973 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2974 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2977 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
2978 static inline typename
This::Status
2979 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view
,
2980 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2981 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2983 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2984 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2985 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2986 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2987 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
2988 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2989 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
2990 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2991 return (utils::has_overflow
<5>(x
)
2992 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2993 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2996 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
2997 static inline typename
This::Status
2998 abs12(unsigned char *view
,
2999 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3000 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3002 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3003 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3004 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3005 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3006 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3007 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3008 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3009 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3010 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3011 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3012 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3015 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3016 static inline typename
This::Status
3017 abs16(unsigned char *view
,
3018 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3019 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3021 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3022 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3023 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3024 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3025 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3026 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3027 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3028 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3029 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3030 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3031 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3034 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3035 static inline typename
This::Status
3036 abs32(unsigned char *view
,
3037 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3038 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3039 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3041 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3042 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3043 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3044 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3045 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3046 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3049 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3050 static inline typename
This::Status
3051 rel32(unsigned char *view
,
3052 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3053 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3054 Arm_address address
,
3055 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3057 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3058 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3059 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3060 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3061 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3062 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3065 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3066 static typename
This::Status
3067 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3068 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3069 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3071 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3072 static inline typename
This::Status
3073 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view
,
3074 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3075 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3076 Arm_address address
)
3078 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3079 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3080 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3081 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3082 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3083 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3084 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3085 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3086 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3087 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3088 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3089 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3090 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3093 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3094 static inline typename
This::Status
3095 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view
,
3096 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3097 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3098 Arm_address address
)
3100 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3101 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3102 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3103 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3104 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3105 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3106 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3107 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3108 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3109 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3112 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3113 static inline typename
This::Status
3114 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view
,
3115 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3116 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3117 Arm_address address
)
3119 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3120 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3121 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3122 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3123 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3124 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3125 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3126 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3127 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3128 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3131 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3132 static inline typename
This::Status
3133 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3135 Arm_address address
)
3137 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3141 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3142 static inline typename
This::Status
3143 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3146 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3150 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3151 static inline typename
This::Status
3152 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3153 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3155 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3156 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3159 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3160 static inline typename
This::Status
3161 got_prel(unsigned char *view
,
3162 Arm_address got_entry
,
3163 Arm_address address
)
3165 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3166 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3169 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3170 static inline typename
This::Status
3171 prel31(unsigned char *view
,
3172 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3173 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3174 Arm_address address
,
3175 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3177 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3178 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3179 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3180 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3181 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3182 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3183 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3184 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3185 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3188 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3189 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3190 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3191 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3192 static inline typename
This::Status
3193 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3194 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3195 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3196 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3197 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3198 bool check_overflow
)
3200 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3201 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3202 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3203 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3204 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3205 - relative_address_base
);
3206 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3207 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3208 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3209 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3210 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3213 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3214 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3215 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3216 static inline typename
This::Status
3217 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3218 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3219 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3220 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3222 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3223 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3224 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3225 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3226 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3227 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3228 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3229 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3230 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3233 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3234 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3235 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3236 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3237 static inline typename
This::Status
3238 thm_movw(unsigned char *view
,
3239 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3240 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3241 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3242 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3243 bool check_overflow
)
3245 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3246 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3247 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3248 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3249 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3250 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3252 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3253 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3254 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3255 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3256 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3257 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3258 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3261 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3262 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3263 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3264 static inline typename
This::Status
3265 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3266 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3267 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3268 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3270 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3271 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3272 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3273 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3274 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3275 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3276 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3277 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3278 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3279 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3280 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3283 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3284 static inline typename
This::Status
3285 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3286 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3287 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3288 Arm_address address
,
3289 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3291 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3292 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3293 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3294 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3295 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3297 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3298 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3299 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3300 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3301 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3302 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3303 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3304 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3306 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3307 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3308 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3309 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3310 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3311 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3312 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3313 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3314 // Apply a sign to the added.
3317 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3318 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3319 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3320 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3321 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3322 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3324 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3325 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3326 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3327 // place is negative.
3331 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3332 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3333 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3334 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3337 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3338 static inline typename
This::Status
3339 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3340 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3341 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3342 Arm_address address
)
3344 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3345 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3346 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3347 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3348 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3349 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3350 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3351 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3353 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3354 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3355 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3356 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3359 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3360 static inline typename
This::Status
3361 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3362 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3363 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3364 Arm_address address
)
3366 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3367 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3368 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3369 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3370 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3371 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3372 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3373 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3374 // Apply a sign to the added.
3377 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3378 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3379 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3380 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3381 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3382 // place is positive.
3386 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3387 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3388 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3389 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3393 static inline typename
This::Status
3394 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3395 unsigned char *view
,
3396 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3397 const Arm_address address
,
3398 const bool is_interworking
)
3401 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3402 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3403 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3405 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3406 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3407 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3408 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3410 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3411 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3412 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3414 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3415 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3417 int32_t veneer_address
=
3418 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3419 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3420 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3421 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3422 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3423 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3427 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3428 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3429 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3431 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3432 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3435 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3436 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3437 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3438 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3439 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3440 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3441 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3442 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3443 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3444 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3445 static inline typename
This::Status
3446 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3447 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3448 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3450 Arm_address address
,
3451 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3452 bool check_overflow
)
3454 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3455 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3456 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3457 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3459 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3460 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3461 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3462 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3463 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3465 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3466 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3467 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3468 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3469 // Initial addend value.
3470 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3471 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3472 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3473 // Apply a sign to the added.
3476 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3477 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3478 // Check for overflow if required
3480 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3481 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3483 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3484 // not to destroy the S bit.
3486 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3487 // place is negative.
3488 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3489 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3492 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3493 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3496 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3497 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3498 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3499 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3500 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3501 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3502 static inline typename
This::Status
3503 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3504 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3505 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3507 Arm_address address
)
3509 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3510 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3511 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3512 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3514 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3515 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3516 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3517 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3519 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3520 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3521 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3523 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3525 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3530 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3531 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3534 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3535 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3536 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3537 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3538 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3539 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3540 static inline typename
This::Status
3541 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3542 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3543 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3545 Arm_address address
)
3547 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3548 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3549 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3550 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3552 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3553 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3554 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3555 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3557 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3558 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3559 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3561 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3563 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3566 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3568 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3569 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3572 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3573 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3574 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3575 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3576 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3577 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3578 static inline typename
This::Status
3579 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3580 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3581 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3583 Arm_address address
)
3585 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3586 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3587 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3588 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3590 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3591 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3592 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3593 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3595 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3596 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3597 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3599 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3601 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3604 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3606 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3607 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3611 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3612 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3613 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3614 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3615 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3617 template<bool big_endian
>
3618 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3619 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3620 unsigned int r_type
,
3621 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3622 unsigned char *view
,
3623 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3624 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3626 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3627 Arm_address address
,
3628 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3629 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3631 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3632 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3633 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3635 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3636 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3637 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3638 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3639 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3640 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3641 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3643 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3644 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3646 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3647 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3649 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3651 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3652 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3654 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3656 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3657 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3659 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3661 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3662 // than it being obsolete.
3663 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3664 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3669 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3670 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3671 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3672 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3673 // on the architecture.
3674 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3675 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3676 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3678 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3679 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3680 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3682 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3683 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3684 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3687 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3688 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3689 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3691 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3693 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3694 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3695 if (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3696 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0) && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)))
3698 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3700 Stub_type stub_type
=
3701 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3702 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3704 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3706 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3707 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3708 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3710 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3711 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3712 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3713 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3714 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3715 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3716 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3720 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3721 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3725 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3726 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3729 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3730 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3731 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3732 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3735 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3736 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3737 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3738 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3739 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3741 template<bool big_endian
>
3742 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3743 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3744 unsigned int r_type
,
3745 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3746 unsigned char *view
,
3747 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3748 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3750 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3751 Arm_address address
,
3752 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3753 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3755 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3756 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3757 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3758 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3760 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3762 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3763 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3765 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3766 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3768 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3769 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3771 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3773 // This cannot be a BLX.
3775 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3777 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
3779 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3781 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3784 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3785 "thumb function '%s'."),
3786 object
->name().c_str(),
3787 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
3788 // Convert BLX to BL.
3789 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3795 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3796 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3797 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3798 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3799 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3800 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3801 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3803 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3805 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
3806 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
3810 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
3811 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
3813 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3816 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3817 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3818 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3820 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3822 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3823 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
3824 if ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3825 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
3826 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
3827 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
3828 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)))
3830 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3832 Stub_type stub_type
=
3833 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3834 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3837 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3839 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3840 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3841 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3843 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3844 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3845 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3846 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3847 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3848 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3852 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3853 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3856 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3857 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3858 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
3859 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3860 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
3864 // Make sure this is a BL.
3865 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3868 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
3869 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3870 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3871 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3872 // 1 of the base address.
3873 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
3875 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3876 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3877 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3878 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3879 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3881 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3882 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3885 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
3886 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3887 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3888 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3891 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3892 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3893 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3894 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3896 template<bool big_endian
>
3897 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3898 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
3899 unsigned char *view
,
3900 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3901 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3902 Arm_address address
,
3903 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3905 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3906 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3907 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3908 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3909 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3911 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3912 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3914 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3915 // use this for tail calls.
3916 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3919 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3920 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3923 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3924 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3925 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3927 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3928 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3929 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3931 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
3932 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3933 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3936 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3938 template<bool big_endian
>
3939 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
3940 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
3942 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3944 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3946 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
3949 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3951 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3952 this->got_
, false, true, true,
3955 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3956 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
3957 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
3959 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
3960 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3962 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3963 this->got_plt_
, false, false,
3966 // The first three entries are reserved.
3967 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
3969 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
3970 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
3971 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
3973 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
3975 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
3981 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3983 template<bool big_endian
>
3984 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
3985 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
3987 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
3989 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
3990 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
3991 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
3992 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
, true,
3993 false, false, false);
3995 return this->rel_dyn_
;
3998 // Insn_template methods.
4000 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4003 Insn_template::size() const
4005 switch (this->type())
4008 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4019 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4022 Insn_template::alignment() const
4024 switch (this->type())
4027 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4038 // Stub_template methods.
4040 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4041 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4043 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4044 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4048 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4049 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4051 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4052 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4053 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4054 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4055 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4057 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4058 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4060 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4063 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4064 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4065 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4067 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4070 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4071 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4073 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4074 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4077 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4078 // Entry point cannot be data.
4079 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4080 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4086 offset
+= insn_size
;
4088 this->size_
= offset
;
4093 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianity.
4095 template<bool big_endian
>
4097 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4099 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4100 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4102 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4103 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4104 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4106 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4108 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4109 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4111 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4112 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4114 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4116 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4118 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4119 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4120 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4121 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4124 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4125 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4126 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4131 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4133 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4136 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4138 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4141 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4143 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4145 // Global symbol key name
4146 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4147 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4148 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4149 // to the symbol name size.
4150 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4151 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4152 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4153 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4154 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4156 return std::string(buffer
);
4160 // local symbol key name
4161 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4162 const size_t len
= 200;
4164 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4165 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4166 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4167 return std::string(buffer
);
4171 // Reloc_stub methods.
4173 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4174 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4175 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4176 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4180 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4181 unsigned int r_type
,
4182 Arm_address location
,
4183 Arm_address destination
,
4184 bool target_is_thumb
)
4186 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4188 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4189 // big and little endianities.
4191 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4194 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4196 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4197 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4198 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4199 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4200 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4201 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4205 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4206 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4207 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4208 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4209 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4210 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4213 int64_t branch_offset
= (int64_t)destination
- location
;
4215 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4217 // Handle cases where:
4218 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4220 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4221 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4223 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4224 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4226 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4227 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4228 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4229 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4230 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4232 if (target_is_thumb
)
4237 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4238 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4241 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4242 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4243 // we must be able to switch mode before
4244 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4245 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4246 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4247 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4248 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4252 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4253 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4254 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4258 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4259 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4260 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4261 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4268 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4269 // object that has interwork enabled.
4271 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4272 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4275 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4276 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4277 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4281 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4282 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4283 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4285 // Handle v4t short branches.
4286 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4287 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4288 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4289 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4293 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4294 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4295 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4297 if (target_is_thumb
)
4301 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4302 // object that has interwork enabled.
4304 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4305 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4306 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4307 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4308 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4309 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4310 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4312 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4313 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4316 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4317 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4321 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4322 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4328 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4329 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4331 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4332 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4333 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4334 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4342 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4344 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4345 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4348 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4350 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4351 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4353 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4355 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4356 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4357 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4361 // Stub_factory methods.
4363 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4365 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4366 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4368 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4369 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4370 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4372 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4373 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4374 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4377 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4379 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4381 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4382 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4383 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4384 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4387 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4388 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4390 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4391 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4392 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4393 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4394 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4395 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4396 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4397 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4400 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4402 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4404 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4405 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4406 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4407 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4408 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4409 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4412 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4414 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4416 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4417 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4418 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4419 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4420 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4423 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4424 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4425 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4427 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4428 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4429 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4432 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4433 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4434 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4436 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4437 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4438 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4439 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4442 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4443 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4444 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4446 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4448 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4449 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4450 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4451 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4452 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4455 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4456 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4458 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4459 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4460 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4461 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4462 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4465 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4466 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4468 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4469 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4470 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4471 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4472 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4473 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4476 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4478 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4480 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4481 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4482 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4483 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4484 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4485 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4486 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4487 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4490 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4492 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4494 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4495 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4496 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4497 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4498 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4499 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4500 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4503 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4505 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4506 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4513 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4515 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4516 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4517 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4521 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4523 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4525 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4528 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4530 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4533 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4534 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4535 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4536 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4538 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4541 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4542 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4543 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4545 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4546 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4547 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4550 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4551 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4552 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4554 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4555 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4557 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4561 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4562 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4563 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4564 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4572 // Stub_table methods.
4574 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4576 template<bool big_endian
>
4578 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4580 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4581 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4584 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4587 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4589 template<bool big_endian
>
4591 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4593 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4594 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4595 Output_section
* output_section
,
4596 unsigned char* view
,
4597 Arm_address address
,
4598 section_size_type view_size
)
4600 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4601 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4603 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4604 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4605 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4606 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4608 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4609 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4613 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4615 template<bool big_endian
>
4617 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4618 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4619 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4620 Output_section
* output_section
,
4621 unsigned char* view
,
4622 Arm_address address
,
4623 section_size_type view_size
)
4625 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4627 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4629 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4631 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4632 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4633 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4635 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4636 address
, view_size
);
4638 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4639 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4640 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4642 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4643 address
, view_size
);
4645 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4646 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4647 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4651 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4652 address
, view_size
);
4656 // Write out the stubs to file.
4658 template<bool big_endian
>
4660 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4662 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4663 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4664 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4665 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4667 // Write relocation stubs.
4668 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4669 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4672 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4673 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4675 == align_address(address
,
4676 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4677 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4681 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4682 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4683 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4686 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4687 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4689 == align_address(address
,
4690 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4691 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4695 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4696 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4697 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4703 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4705 == align_address(address
,
4706 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4707 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4711 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4714 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4715 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4716 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4718 template<bool big_endian
>
4720 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4723 unsigned addralign
= 1;
4725 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4727 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4728 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4731 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4732 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4733 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4734 + stub_template
->size());
4737 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4738 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4741 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4742 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4743 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4744 + stub_template
->size());
4747 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4748 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4754 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4755 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4756 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4757 + stub_template
->size());
4760 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4761 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4762 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4763 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4764 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4766 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4768 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
4773 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4774 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4776 template<bool big_endian
>
4778 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
4781 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4782 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4785 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4786 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4787 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4788 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4789 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4790 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4793 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4794 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4797 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4798 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4799 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4800 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4801 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4802 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4804 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4805 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4806 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4807 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
4808 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
4811 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4812 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4818 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4819 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4820 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4821 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
4822 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4825 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
4828 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4829 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4830 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4832 template<bool big_endian
>
4834 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4835 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4836 unsigned char* view
,
4837 Arm_address view_address
,
4838 section_size_type view_size
)
4840 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4841 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
4842 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
4843 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
4844 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
4847 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4848 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4849 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
4850 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4851 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4853 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4854 section_size_type offset
=
4855 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
4856 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
4858 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
4859 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
4863 // Arm_input_section methods.
4865 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4867 template<bool big_endian
>
4869 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
4871 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
4872 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
4874 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4875 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4876 this->original_addralign_
= relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
);
4877 this->original_size_
= relobj
->section_size(shndx
);
4879 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4880 // output sections are finalized.
4881 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
4882 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
4883 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
4884 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
4885 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
4887 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
4888 this->finalize_data_size();
4891 template<bool big_endian
>
4893 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4895 // We have to write out the original section content.
4896 section_size_type section_size
;
4897 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4898 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4899 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
4901 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4902 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
4903 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
4906 // Finalize data size.
4908 template<bool big_endian
>
4910 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4912 // If this owns a stub table, finalize its data size as well.
4913 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4915 uint64_t address
= this->address();
4917 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4918 address
+= this->original_size_
;
4919 address
= align_address(address
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
4920 off_t offset
= this->offset() + (address
- this->address());
4921 this->stub_table_
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
4922 address
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
4923 gold_assert(address
== this->address() + this->current_data_size());
4926 this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size());
4929 // Reset address and file offset.
4931 template<bool big_endian
>
4933 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4935 // Size of the original input section contents.
4936 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4938 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4939 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4941 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
4943 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4944 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4945 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4946 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
4947 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
4950 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
4953 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4955 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianity.
4957 template<bool big_endian
>
4959 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
4961 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4962 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
4963 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4965 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4966 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
4968 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
4969 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4971 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4972 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
4973 Arm_address output_offset
=
4974 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
4975 Arm_address section_start
;
4976 if(output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
4977 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
4980 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
4981 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
4982 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
4983 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
4984 section_start
= poris
->address();
4987 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
4988 Arm_address output_address
=
4989 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
4991 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
4992 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
4993 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
4994 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
4995 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
4996 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
4997 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
4998 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5000 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5003 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5005 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5006 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5007 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5008 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5009 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5011 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5012 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5013 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5014 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5015 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5016 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5017 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5018 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5019 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5021 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5022 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
5023 this->fix_data_size();
5026 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5027 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5028 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5029 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5030 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5031 // this input offset is being discarded.
5034 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5035 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5037 section_offset_type offset
,
5038 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5040 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5041 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5042 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5045 section_offset_type section_size
=
5046 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5047 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5048 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5052 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5053 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5054 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5055 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5056 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5058 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5059 // input offset is in the valid range.
5060 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5062 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5063 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5064 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5066 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5067 // Offset is present in output.
5068 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5070 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5077 // Write this to output file OF.
5080 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5082 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5084 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
5085 && this->data_size() != 0);
5087 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5088 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5089 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5091 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5092 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5094 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
5095 section_size_type section_size
;
5096 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5097 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5098 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5100 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5102 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5103 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5104 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5105 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5106 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5109 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5110 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5111 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5112 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5115 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5116 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5117 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
5118 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
5120 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5122 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5125 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
5126 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5129 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5131 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5132 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5133 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5136 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5138 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5139 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5141 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5142 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5143 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5144 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5145 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5146 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5150 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5151 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5155 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5158 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5160 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5161 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5162 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5164 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5166 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5167 delete_entry
= (this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5168 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5169 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5170 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5174 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5175 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5176 delete_entry
= false;
5177 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5179 return delete_entry
;
5182 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5183 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5184 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5185 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5186 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5189 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5190 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5191 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5194 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5195 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5196 section_offset_type output_offset
= (delete_entry
5198 : input_offset
- deleted_bytes
);
5199 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5202 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5203 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5204 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5205 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5207 template<bool big_endian
>
5209 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5210 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5211 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5213 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5214 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5215 section_size_type section_size
;
5216 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5217 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5219 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5221 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5222 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5223 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5224 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5225 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5229 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5230 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5231 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5233 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5235 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5237 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5238 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5240 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5242 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5243 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5244 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5245 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5246 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5247 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5248 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5249 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5250 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5252 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5253 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5255 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5259 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5262 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5264 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5265 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5267 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5268 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5269 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5271 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5272 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5273 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5274 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5276 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5277 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5278 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5279 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5282 return deleted_bytes
;
5285 // Arm_output_section methods.
5287 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5288 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5290 template<bool big_endian
>
5292 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5293 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5294 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5295 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5296 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5297 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5299 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5300 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5301 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5302 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5303 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5305 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5306 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5307 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5310 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5311 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5314 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5315 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5319 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5320 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5322 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5323 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5326 // Create a stub table.
5327 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5328 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5330 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5332 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5333 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5335 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5338 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5340 // The stub table information for input sections live
5341 // in their objects.
5342 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5343 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5344 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5348 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5351 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5352 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5353 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5354 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5355 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5357 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5358 // implemented differently.
5360 template<bool big_endian
>
5362 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5363 section_size_type group_size
,
5364 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5365 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5367 // We only care about sections containing code.
5368 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5371 // States for grouping.
5374 // No group is being built.
5376 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5377 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5378 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5379 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5380 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5381 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5382 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5386 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5387 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5389 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5390 section_size_type off
= 0;
5391 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5392 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5393 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5394 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5395 this->input_sections().end();
5396 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5397 this->input_sections().end();
5398 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5399 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5400 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5403 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5404 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5405 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5406 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5408 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5414 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5415 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5416 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5418 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5420 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5421 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5422 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5427 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5428 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5429 // handled by it too.
5430 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5431 stub_table
= group_end
;
5432 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5437 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5438 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5440 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5442 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5443 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5444 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5453 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5454 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5455 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5456 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5458 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5460 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5462 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5465 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5467 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5470 off
= section_end_offset
;
5473 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5474 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5476 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5477 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5478 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5481 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5484 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5485 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5486 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5488 // Update the section offsets
5489 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5491 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5492 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5493 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5494 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5495 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5496 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5500 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5501 // order of their position in this.
5503 template<bool big_endian
>
5505 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5506 Text_section_list
* list
)
5508 // We only care about text sections.
5509 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5512 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5514 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5515 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5518 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5519 // ignore any merged sections.
5520 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5521 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5522 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5527 template<bool big_endian
>
5529 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5531 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5532 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5534 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5535 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5537 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5538 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5539 this->discard_states();
5541 // Remove all input sections.
5542 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5543 typedef std::list
<Simple_input_section
> Simple_input_section_list
;
5544 Simple_input_section_list input_sections
;
5545 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5546 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5548 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5549 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5551 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5552 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5553 Section_id_set known_input_sections
;
5554 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5555 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5558 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5559 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5560 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5561 known_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()));
5564 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this);
5566 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5567 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5568 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5569 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5572 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5573 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5575 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5576 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5577 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5578 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5580 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5581 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5582 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
)
5584 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5588 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5589 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5590 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5591 if (known_input_sections
.find(sid
) == known_input_sections
.end())
5593 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5594 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5595 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5596 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5597 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5598 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5599 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5600 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5602 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5603 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5604 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5606 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5610 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5611 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5612 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5613 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5614 §ion_offset_map
);
5616 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5618 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5619 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5620 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5622 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5623 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5624 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5626 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5628 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5629 // section into a relaxed section.
5630 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5631 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5632 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5633 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5634 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5635 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5637 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5638 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5640 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5644 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5645 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5646 Output_section::Simple_input_section
sis(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5647 this->add_simple_input_section(sis
, exidx_input_section
->size(),
5648 exidx_input_section
->addralign());
5651 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5654 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5655 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5657 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5658 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5659 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5662 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5663 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5665 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5666 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5667 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5668 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5669 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5670 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5671 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5672 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5673 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5675 // Remove this from link.
5676 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5680 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5681 // set correct entry size.
5682 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5683 this->set_entsize(8);
5685 // Make changes permanent.
5686 this->save_states();
5687 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5690 // Arm_relobj methods.
5692 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
5693 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
5694 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
5695 // look up ICF information.
5697 template<bool big_endian
>
5699 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
5700 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5702 const Output_section
* os
,
5703 const Symbol_table
*symtab
)
5705 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
5706 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
5707 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
5708 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5709 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
5712 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5713 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5716 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
5717 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
5718 // we cannot handle.
5719 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5721 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5722 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5730 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5731 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5733 template<bool big_endian
>
5735 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5736 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5737 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5738 const Symbol_table
*symtab
,
5739 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5741 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5742 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5745 // Ignore empty section.
5746 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5750 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5751 // error will be reported in the final link.
5752 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5755 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5756 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5757 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5759 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5761 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5762 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5763 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
5766 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5767 // reported in the final link.
5768 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5769 if (index
>= this->shnum())
5772 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5773 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
5774 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
5775 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
5778 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
5779 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
5780 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
5781 // for large output.
5783 template<bool big_endian
>
5785 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
5789 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5791 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5792 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5793 // We do not handle merged sections here.
5794 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5795 return poris
->address();
5798 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
5801 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5802 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5804 template<bool big_endian
>
5806 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5807 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5810 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5812 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
5815 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5817 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5818 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
5824 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5826 template<bool big_endian
>
5828 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5829 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5832 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
5834 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5836 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
5837 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
5838 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
5840 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
5842 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
5845 Arm_address output_address
=
5846 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5848 // Get the section contents.
5849 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5850 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5851 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
5853 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5854 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5855 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5856 // to speed up the scanning.
5858 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5859 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5861 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
5862 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
5864 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5865 if (p
->second
== 't')
5867 // Determine the end of this range.
5868 section_size_type span_start
=
5869 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
5870 section_size_type span_end
;
5871 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5872 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5873 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
5875 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5877 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
5878 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
5880 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
5881 span_start
, span_end
,
5891 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5893 template<bool big_endian
>
5895 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5896 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5897 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5898 const Layout
* layout
)
5900 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5901 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5903 // Read the section headers.
5904 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5908 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5909 // input offsets to output addresses.
5910 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5912 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5914 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5915 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5916 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5917 relinfo
.object
= this;
5919 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5920 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5921 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5923 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5924 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
5927 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5928 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
5929 Arm_address output_address
;
5930 if(output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
5931 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
5934 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5935 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5936 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
5937 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5938 output_address
= poris
->address();
5941 // Get the relocations.
5942 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5946 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5947 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5948 // output view under such circumstances.
5949 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5950 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5951 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
5953 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
5954 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
5955 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5956 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5957 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5958 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5960 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5962 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
5963 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
5964 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
5966 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
5967 input_view
, output_address
,
5972 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
5973 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
5974 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
5975 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
5976 // scanning is done first.
5977 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
5979 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5980 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5982 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5983 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
5986 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
5991 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
5992 // since we no longer need them.
5993 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
5996 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
5997 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
5998 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
5999 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6000 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6001 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6002 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6003 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6005 template<bool big_endian
>
6007 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6008 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6009 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6011 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6014 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6015 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6016 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6020 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6021 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6022 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6024 // Read the symbol table section header.
6025 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6026 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6027 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6028 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6030 // Read the local symbols.
6031 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6032 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6033 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6034 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6035 locsize
, true, true);
6037 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6038 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6039 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6041 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6045 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6046 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6047 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6049 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6050 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6053 const char* pnames
=
6054 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6055 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6058 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6059 // to THUMB functions.
6061 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6063 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6064 this->local_values();
6065 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6067 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6068 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6069 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6070 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6072 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6073 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6074 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6076 unsigned int input_shndx
= sym
.get_st_shndx();
6078 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6079 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6080 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6083 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6084 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6086 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6087 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6088 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6089 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6090 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6095 // Relocate sections.
6096 template<bool big_endian
>
6098 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6099 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6100 const Layout
* layout
,
6101 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6102 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6104 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6105 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6108 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6109 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6112 // Relocate stub tables.
6113 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6115 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6116 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6118 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6119 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6120 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6121 relinfo
.object
= this;
6123 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6125 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6126 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6128 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6129 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6130 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6132 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6133 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6134 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6136 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6137 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6138 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6139 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6141 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6143 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6145 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6146 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6147 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6148 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6150 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6151 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6152 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6153 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6155 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6159 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6160 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6162 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6163 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6164 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6165 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6167 // Adjust view to cover section.
6168 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6169 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6170 Arm_address section_address
=
6171 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6172 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6174 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6175 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6176 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6178 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6180 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6181 // corresponding to this input section.
6182 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6191 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6192 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6193 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6194 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6195 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6196 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6197 // discover the linked code section.
6199 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6200 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6201 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6204 template<bool big_endian
>
6206 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6207 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6208 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6209 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6211 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6213 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6215 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6216 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6218 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6219 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6221 // Get the relocations.
6222 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6223 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6225 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6226 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6228 Arm_address r_offset
;
6229 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6230 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6232 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6233 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6234 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6238 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6239 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6240 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6243 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6244 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6247 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6249 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6253 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6254 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6255 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6256 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6257 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6259 *pshndx
= this->adjust_shndx(sym
.get_st_shndx());
6269 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6270 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6271 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6273 template<bool big_endian
>
6275 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6277 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6278 unsigned int text_shndx
)
6280 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
6281 // section already has an EXIDX section.
6282 if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6284 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
6286 shndx
, this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx(),
6287 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6291 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6292 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6293 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6294 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
6295 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6297 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
6298 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6299 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6302 // Read the symbol information.
6304 template<bool big_endian
>
6306 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6308 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6309 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6311 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6312 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6313 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6315 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6316 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6318 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6320 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6321 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6322 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6323 const unsigned char *ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6324 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6326 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6327 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6329 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6330 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6331 section_size_type section_size
=
6332 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6333 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6334 section_size
, true, false);
6335 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6336 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6338 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6340 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6341 if (text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6342 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u linked to invalid section %u"),
6344 else if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6345 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6347 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6351 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6352 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6353 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6355 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6356 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6357 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6358 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6359 // want to slow down the most common path.
6360 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6361 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6362 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6363 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6365 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6366 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6367 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6369 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6370 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6371 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6373 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6374 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6375 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6377 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6379 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6383 // Read the symbol table section header.
6384 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6385 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6386 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6387 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6389 // Read the local symbols.
6390 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6391 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6392 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6393 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6394 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6395 locsize
, true, true);
6397 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6398 for(unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6400 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6401 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6402 unsigned int text_shndx
;
6403 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6404 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end()
6405 && find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6406 psyms
, &text_shndx
))
6407 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6409 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u has no linked text section."),
6415 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6416 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6417 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6418 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6419 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6420 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6422 template<bool big_endian
>
6424 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6426 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6428 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6429 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6431 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6432 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6433 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6436 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6437 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6438 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6442 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6443 // to these from the linked text sections.
6444 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6445 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6447 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6448 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6450 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6451 // sections from its linked text section.
6452 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6453 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6458 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6459 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6460 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6461 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6463 template<bool big_endian
>
6465 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6467 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6468 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6469 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6471 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6472 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6474 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6478 // Read the symbol table section header.
6479 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6480 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6481 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6482 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6484 // Read the local symbols.
6485 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6486 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6487 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6488 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6489 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6490 locsize
, true, true);
6492 // Loop over the local symbols.
6494 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6496 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6497 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6498 unsigned int count
= 0;
6499 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6501 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6503 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6505 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6507 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6508 if (!lv
.needs_output_symtab_entry())
6512 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6517 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6519 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6522 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6526 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6527 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6528 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6529 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6530 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6532 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6533 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6534 if (output_offset
== -1)
6536 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6537 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6538 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6547 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6548 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6551 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6553 // Read the symbol information.
6555 template<bool big_endian
>
6557 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6559 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6560 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6562 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6563 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6564 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6566 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6567 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6569 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6570 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6571 // the section headers.
6572 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6573 const unsigned char *ps
=
6574 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6575 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6577 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6578 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6580 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6581 section_size_type section_size
=
6582 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6583 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6584 section_size
, true, false);
6585 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6586 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6592 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6594 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6596 template<bool big_endian
>
6597 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6598 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6599 unsigned int r_type
,
6600 const unsigned char* view
,
6601 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6603 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6611 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6612 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6613 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6614 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6621 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6622 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6623 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6624 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6625 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6630 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6631 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6632 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6633 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6634 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6642 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
6644 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
6645 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
6646 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
6647 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
6648 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
6650 template<bool big_endian
>
6652 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6653 unsigned int got_type
,
6656 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
6659 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6661 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6662 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
6663 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6664 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6665 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6669 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
6671 template<bool big_endian
>
6673 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6674 unsigned int got_type
,
6675 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6678 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
6681 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6683 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6684 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
6685 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6686 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6687 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6691 template<bool big_endian
>
6693 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6695 // Call parent to write out GOT.
6696 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
6698 // We are done if there is no fix up.
6699 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
6702 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
6704 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6705 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6706 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6707 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6709 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
6710 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
6712 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
6713 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
6714 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
6715 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
6717 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
6719 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
6722 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
6724 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
6725 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
6726 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
6728 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6729 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
6731 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
6732 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6734 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
6735 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
6736 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
6738 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
6739 " object %s in GOT"),
6740 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
6744 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
6748 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
6749 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
6750 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
6751 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
6753 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6754 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
6755 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
6756 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
6757 || gsym
->is_undefined())
6758 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6760 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
6765 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6767 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
6768 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
6769 value
= sym
->value();
6775 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
6776 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
6778 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6779 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
6781 switch (reloc
.r_type())
6783 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
6786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
6787 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
6792 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
6795 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6798 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6800 template<bool big_endian
>
6801 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
6804 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
6807 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
6809 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6811 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
6813 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6814 const Reloc_section
*
6816 { return this->rel_
; }
6820 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
6822 // Write to a map file.
6824 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
6825 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6828 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6829 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
6831 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6832 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
6834 // Set the final size.
6836 set_final_data_size()
6838 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6839 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
6842 // Write out the PLT data.
6844 do_write(Output_file
*);
6846 // The reloc section.
6847 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
6848 // The .got.plt section.
6849 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
6850 // The number of PLT entries.
6851 unsigned int count_
;
6854 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6855 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6856 // section just for PLT entries.
6858 template<bool big_endian
>
6859 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
6860 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
6861 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
6863 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
6864 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
6865 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
, true, false,
6869 template<bool big_endian
>
6871 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
6876 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6878 template<bool big_endian
>
6880 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
6882 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6884 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6885 // reserved PLT entry.
6886 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6887 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
6891 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6893 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6894 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6895 // lazily when the function is called).
6896 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
6898 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6899 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6900 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6903 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6904 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6905 // appear in the relocations.
6909 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6910 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6911 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6913 // The first entry in the PLT.
6914 template<bool big_endian
>
6915 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
6917 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6918 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6919 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6920 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6921 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6924 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
6926 template<bool big_endian
>
6927 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
6929 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
6930 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
6931 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
6934 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6935 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
6936 // Processor Supplement.
6938 template<bool big_endian
>
6940 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6942 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6943 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6944 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6945 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6947 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
6948 const section_size_type got_size
=
6949 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
6950 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
6952 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
6954 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
6955 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
6957 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
6958 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6959 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
6960 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
6961 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
6962 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
6963 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
6964 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
6965 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6967 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
6969 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
6972 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6973 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6974 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
6975 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
6976 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
6977 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
6980 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6982 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6983 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
6986 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
6987 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
6988 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
6990 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
6991 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
6992 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
6993 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
6994 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
6995 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
6996 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
6998 // Set the entry in the GOT.
6999 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7002 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7003 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7005 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7006 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7009 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7011 template<bool big_endian
>
7013 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7016 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7019 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7021 // Create the GOT sections first.
7022 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7024 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7025 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7027 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7028 this->plt_
, false, false, false, false);
7030 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7033 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7035 template<bool big_endian
>
7036 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7037 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7039 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7042 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7044 template<bool big_endian
>
7046 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7047 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7050 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7053 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7054 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7056 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7057 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7058 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7062 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7064 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7065 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7068 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7071 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7073 template<bool big_endian
>
7075 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7076 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7078 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7080 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7082 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7083 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7084 unsigned int got_offset
;
7085 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7087 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7088 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7089 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7094 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7096 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7099 got
->add_constant(0);
7100 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7102 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7105 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7106 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7107 // known at link time.
7109 template<bool big_endian
>
7110 tls::Tls_optimization
7111 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7113 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7114 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7117 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7119 template<bool big_endian
>
7121 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7122 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7123 unsigned int r_type
)
7125 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7126 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7129 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7130 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7131 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7132 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7133 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7134 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7135 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7137 template<bool big_endian
>
7139 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7140 unsigned int r_type
)
7144 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7145 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7146 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7147 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7148 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7149 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7150 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7151 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7152 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7155 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7156 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7161 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7162 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7163 // error per object file.
7164 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7166 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7167 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7168 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7169 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7170 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7171 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7172 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7176 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7181 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7182 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7183 // on ARM v5te devices.
7185 template<bool big_endian
>
7187 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7190 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7191 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7192 Output_section
* output_section
,
7193 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7194 unsigned int r_type
,
7195 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7197 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7200 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7201 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7202 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7203 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7206 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7207 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7208 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7209 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7210 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7211 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7212 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7213 // relocate it easily.
7214 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7216 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7217 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7218 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7219 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7220 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7221 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7222 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7230 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7231 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7232 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7234 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7235 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7236 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7237 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7238 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7239 // relocation statically.
7240 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7242 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7243 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7244 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7245 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7246 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7247 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7250 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7251 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7253 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7256 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7259 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7260 r_type
, output_section
,
7261 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7293 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7294 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7310 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7312 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7313 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7314 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7316 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7317 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7318 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7319 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7320 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7321 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7322 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7323 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7324 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7325 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7326 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7327 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7332 // We need a GOT section:
7333 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7337 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7339 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7340 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7341 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7342 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7343 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7345 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7346 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7347 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7349 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7350 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7351 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7352 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7353 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7359 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7361 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7365 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7366 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7367 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7368 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7369 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7370 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7374 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7376 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7377 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7380 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7382 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7383 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7384 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7388 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7389 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7391 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7392 // dtv-relative offset.
7393 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7394 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7395 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7396 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7398 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7401 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7406 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7407 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7409 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7410 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7412 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7416 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7420 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7421 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7423 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7424 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7427 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7431 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7434 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7435 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7436 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7438 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7439 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7440 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7441 unsigned int r_sym
=
7442 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7443 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7444 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7445 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7446 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7447 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7448 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7450 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7451 unsigned int got_offset
=
7452 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7453 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7454 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7459 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7463 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7464 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7465 if (output_is_shared
)
7467 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7468 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7469 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7470 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7471 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7472 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7473 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7484 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7489 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7491 template<bool big_endian
>
7493 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7494 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7495 unsigned int r_type
,
7498 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7499 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7502 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
7504 template<bool big_endian
>
7506 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7509 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7510 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7511 Output_section
* output_section
,
7512 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7513 unsigned int r_type
,
7516 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
7517 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
7518 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
7519 if (!target
->has_got_section()
7520 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7521 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7523 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7526 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7527 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7528 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7529 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7532 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7533 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7534 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7535 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7536 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7537 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7538 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7539 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7540 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7541 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7543 // Absolute addressing relocations.
7545 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
7546 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
7548 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7549 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
7550 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
7551 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
7553 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
7554 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7556 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7557 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
7559 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
7561 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7562 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7564 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
7565 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
7566 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
7568 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7569 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7570 output_section
, object
,
7571 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7575 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7576 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7577 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7578 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7584 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7585 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7586 // We need a GOT section.
7587 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7590 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7591 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7592 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7638 // Relative addressing relocations.
7640 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7641 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
7642 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
7644 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
7646 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7647 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7651 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7652 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7653 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7654 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7672 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
7673 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
7674 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
7675 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
7676 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
7677 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
7678 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
7679 // a local section symbol.
7681 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
7682 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
7683 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7685 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
7686 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
7688 if (gsym
->is_defined()
7689 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7690 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
7692 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7699 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7700 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7701 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7702 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7703 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
7706 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
7707 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
7708 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7709 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7710 || gsym
->is_undefined()
7711 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
7712 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
7713 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
7716 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7717 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
7718 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7719 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7725 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7726 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7727 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
7729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7731 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7733 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7734 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7735 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7736 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7739 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
7741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7747 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
7748 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7749 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
7752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7753 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7755 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7756 // dtv-relative offset.
7757 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7758 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7759 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7760 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7761 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7762 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
7763 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
7765 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
7768 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7773 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7775 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7776 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7779 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7783 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7787 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7788 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7790 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7791 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7792 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7793 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7794 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7795 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7796 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7797 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7799 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7800 unsigned int got_offset
=
7801 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7802 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7803 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
7807 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7811 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7812 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7813 if (parameters
->options().shared())
7815 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7816 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7817 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7818 output_section
, object
,
7819 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7830 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
7835 // Process relocations for gc.
7837 template<bool big_endian
>
7839 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7841 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7842 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7844 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7846 Output_section
* output_section
,
7847 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7848 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7849 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7851 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
7852 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7854 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7863 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7868 // Scan relocations for a section.
7870 template<bool big_endian
>
7872 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7874 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7875 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7876 unsigned int sh_type
,
7877 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7879 Output_section
* output_section
,
7880 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7881 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7882 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7884 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7885 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
7887 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
7888 object
->name().c_str());
7892 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7901 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7906 // Finalize the sections.
7908 template<bool big_endian
>
7910 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
7912 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
7913 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
7915 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
7917 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
7918 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
7920 // Merge processor-specific flags.
7921 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
7922 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
7925 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
7926 // specific flags and attributes section.
7927 Input_file::Format format
= (*p
)->input_file()->format();
7928 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
7930 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
7934 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
7935 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
7936 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7938 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7939 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
7940 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
7944 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
7945 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
7948 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
7949 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
7950 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7952 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7953 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
7954 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
7958 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
7959 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
7960 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
7961 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
7963 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
7964 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
7965 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
7968 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
7969 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
7971 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
7972 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
7973 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
7974 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
7975 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
7976 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
7979 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
7980 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
7981 // which is not specified for some profiles.
7982 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
7983 && !this->may_use_blx())
7984 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
7985 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
7987 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
7988 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
7990 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
7991 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
7992 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
7994 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
7996 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
7997 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
7999 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8000 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8001 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8002 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
8003 && !parameters
->options().relocatable())
8005 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8006 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8007 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8008 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8009 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8011 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8012 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8013 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8014 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8017 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8018 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8019 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8021 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0, 0)
8023 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8024 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8025 exidx_segment
->add_output_section(exidx_section
, elfcpp::PF_R
,
8030 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if there is not one already.
8031 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8032 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8033 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8034 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8035 attributes_section
, false, false, false,
8039 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8040 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8041 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8042 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8043 // apply the static relocation.
8045 template<bool big_endian
>
8047 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8048 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8051 Output_section
* output_section
)
8053 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8054 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8056 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8059 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8060 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8061 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8062 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8064 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8065 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8068 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8069 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8070 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8072 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8073 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8074 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8075 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8076 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8079 // Perform a relocation.
8081 template<bool big_endian
>
8083 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8084 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8086 Output_section
*output_section
,
8088 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8089 unsigned int r_type
,
8090 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8091 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8092 unsigned char* view
,
8093 Arm_address address
,
8094 section_size_type view_size
)
8096 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8098 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8099 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8100 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8101 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8103 std::string reloc_name
=
8104 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8105 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8106 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8107 reloc_name
.c_str());
8111 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8112 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8114 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8115 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8116 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8117 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8118 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8119 if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8123 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8124 // final target is THUMB.
8125 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8127 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8128 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8129 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8132 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8134 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8135 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8136 // be converted into an NOP.
8137 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8141 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8142 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8143 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8145 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8146 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8147 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8148 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8155 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8156 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8157 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8158 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8159 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8164 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8165 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8166 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8167 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8170 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8172 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8173 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8175 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8176 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8177 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8181 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
8182 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8183 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8184 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8185 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8186 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8189 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8190 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8193 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8194 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8195 - target
->got_size());
8199 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8200 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8201 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8202 - target
->got_size());
8204 have_got_offset
= true;
8211 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8213 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8215 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8216 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8217 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8218 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8220 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8221 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8222 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8223 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8224 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8225 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8227 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8228 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8229 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8230 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8232 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8233 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8234 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8237 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8238 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8239 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8241 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8242 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8243 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8244 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8245 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8247 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8248 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8250 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8251 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8253 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8254 relative_address_base
= address
;
8256 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8257 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8263 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8264 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8265 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8272 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8274 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8278 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8280 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8284 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8286 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8290 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8292 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8297 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8299 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8300 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8305 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8307 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8312 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8313 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8315 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8318 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8319 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8321 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8322 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8325 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8326 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8328 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8336 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8337 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8342 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8344 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8345 relative_address_base
);
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8349 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8350 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8352 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8353 relative_address_base
,
8354 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8357 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8358 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8360 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8361 relative_address_base
);
8364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8365 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8366 address
, thumb_bit
);
8369 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8370 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8372 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8375 // Thumb long branches.
8376 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8377 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8380 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8381 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8382 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8385 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8387 Arm_address got_origin
;
8388 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8389 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8390 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8395 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8397 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8400 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8402 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8406 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8410 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8411 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8412 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8415 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8416 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8417 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8418 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8419 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8420 Arm_address got_origin
;
8421 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8422 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8423 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8427 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8428 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8429 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8431 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8432 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8433 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
8434 || (gsym
->is_defined()
8435 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8436 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
8438 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
8439 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8440 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8443 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8445 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8451 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8456 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8459 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8461 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8464 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8465 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
8466 address
, thumb_bit
);
8469 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8470 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
8472 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
8473 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
8475 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
8476 is_v4bx_interworking
);
8480 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8482 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8485 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8487 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8490 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8492 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8496 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8497 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8498 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8499 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8500 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8501 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8502 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8503 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8504 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8505 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8507 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
8508 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8509 relative_address_base
,
8510 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8513 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8514 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8515 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8516 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8517 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8520 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
8521 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8522 relative_address_base
);
8525 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8526 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8527 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8528 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8529 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8530 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8532 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
8533 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8534 relative_address_base
);
8537 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8538 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8539 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8540 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8541 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8544 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
8545 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8546 relative_address_base
);
8549 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8551 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8553 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8557 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
8558 view
, address
, view_size
);
8565 // Report any errors.
8566 switch (reloc_status
)
8568 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
8570 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
8571 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8572 _("relocation overflow in relocation %u"),
8575 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
8576 gold_error_at_location(
8580 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %u"),
8590 // Perform a TLS relocation.
8592 template<bool big_endian
>
8593 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
8594 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
8595 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8596 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8598 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8599 unsigned int r_type
,
8600 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8601 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8602 unsigned char* view
,
8603 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
8604 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
8606 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
8607 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
8608 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
8610 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
8612 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
8614 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
8615 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
8616 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
8617 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8618 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8623 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
8624 unsigned int got_offset
;
8627 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8628 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
8632 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8633 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8634 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
8635 - target
->got_size());
8637 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8639 Arm_address got_entry
=
8640 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8642 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8644 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8645 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8651 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8653 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8654 // the module index.
8655 unsigned int got_offset
;
8656 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
8657 - target
->got_size());
8658 Arm_address got_entry
=
8659 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8661 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8663 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8664 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8669 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
8670 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8673 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8675 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8676 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
8677 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
8678 unsigned int got_offset
;
8681 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8682 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
8686 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8687 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8688 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
8691 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
8692 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
8694 Arm_address got_entry
=
8695 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8697 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
8698 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8699 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8703 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8704 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
8705 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
8706 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
8708 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
8710 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
8711 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
8712 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
8713 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
8714 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
8717 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8723 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8724 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
8726 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
8729 // Relocate section data.
8731 template<bool big_endian
>
8733 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
8734 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8735 unsigned int sh_type
,
8736 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8738 Output_section
* output_section
,
8739 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8740 unsigned char* view
,
8741 Arm_address address
,
8742 section_size_type view_size
,
8743 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
8745 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
8746 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8748 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
8749 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
8750 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
8752 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
8753 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
8754 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
8757 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
8758 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
8760 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
8761 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
8762 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
8764 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
8767 view_size
= section_size
;
8771 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8778 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8782 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8785 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8788 template<bool big_endian
>
8790 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
8791 unsigned int r_type
,
8794 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8795 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
8796 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8801 std::string reloc_name
=
8802 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8803 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
8804 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
8809 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8811 template<bool big_endian
>
8813 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8814 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8816 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8817 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8818 unsigned int sh_type
,
8819 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8821 Output_section
* output_section
,
8822 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8823 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8824 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
8825 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8827 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8829 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8830 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
8832 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8833 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
8841 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8847 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
8849 template<bool big_endian
>
8851 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
8852 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8853 unsigned int sh_type
,
8854 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8856 Output_section
* output_section
,
8857 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
8858 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
8859 unsigned char* view
,
8860 Arm_address view_address
,
8861 section_size_type view_size
,
8862 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
8863 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
8865 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8867 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
8872 offset_in_output_section
,
8881 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
8882 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
8883 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
8884 // processor specific ABI supplement.
8886 template<bool big_endian
>
8888 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
8890 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
8891 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
8894 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8896 template<bool big_endian
>
8898 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
)
8902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8903 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8904 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
8906 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8907 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8908 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
8915 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8917 template<bool big_endian
>
8919 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8920 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
8921 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
8923 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8924 // so allow mixing them.
8925 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
8926 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
8932 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
8933 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
8934 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
8935 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8937 template<bool big_endian
>
8939 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
8940 const std::string
& name
,
8941 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
8943 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
8945 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
8947 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
8948 if (flags
== out_flags
)
8951 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
8952 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
8953 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
8954 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
))
8955 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
8956 "EABI version %d."),
8958 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
8959 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
8963 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
8964 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
8965 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
8966 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
8967 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
8968 // to the default values.
8972 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
8973 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
8974 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
8978 // Adjust ELF file header.
8979 template<bool big_endian
>
8981 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8982 unsigned char* view
,
8985 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
8987 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
8988 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
8989 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
8991 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
8992 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
8993 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
8995 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
8996 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
8998 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9000 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9001 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9004 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9005 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9006 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9007 // ELF object creation.
9009 template<bool big_endian
>
9011 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9012 const std::string
& name
,
9013 Input_file
* input_file
,
9014 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9016 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9017 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9019 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9020 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9024 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9026 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9027 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9033 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9039 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9040 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9041 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9043 template<bool big_endian
>
9045 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9046 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9048 const Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9049 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9051 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9052 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9053 const std::string
& sv
=
9054 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9056 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9057 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9058 return sv
.data()[1];
9060 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9064 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9065 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9066 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9068 template<bool big_endian
>
9070 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9071 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9074 Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9075 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9079 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9083 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9084 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9086 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9087 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9091 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9094 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9096 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9098 template<bool big_endian
>
9100 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9103 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9105 int secondary_compat
)
9107 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9108 static const int v6t2
[] =
9120 static const int v6k
[] =
9133 static const int v7
[] =
9147 static const int v6_m
[] =
9162 static const int v6s_m
[] =
9178 static const int v7e_m
[] =
9195 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
9211 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
9213 static const int *comb
[] =
9221 // Pseudo-architecture.
9225 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
9227 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
9229 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
9233 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
9235 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
9236 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
9237 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9239 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
9242 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
9243 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
9244 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9246 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
9247 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
9248 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
9251 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
9252 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
9254 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
9255 // as the canonical version.
9256 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
9259 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
9262 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
9266 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
9267 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
9275 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
9277 template<bool big_endian
>
9279 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
9281 static const char *aeabi_enum_names
[] =
9282 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
9283 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
9284 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
9286 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
9287 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
9291 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
9292 return std::string(buffer
);
9296 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
9298 template<bool big_endian
>
9300 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
9302 static const char *name_table
[] = {
9303 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
9304 // that from the architecture version alone.
9320 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
9322 if (value
< name_table_size
)
9323 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
9327 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
9328 return std::string(buffer
);
9332 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
9333 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
9335 template<bool big_endian
>
9337 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
9339 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9341 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
9345 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
9346 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
9348 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
9352 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
9353 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9354 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
9355 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9357 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
9358 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
9359 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
9361 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
9362 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
9363 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
9364 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
9365 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0)
9366 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
9370 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
9372 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
9375 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
9376 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
9377 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
9380 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
9381 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
9382 // Use the first value seen.
9385 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
9387 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
9388 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
9389 int secondary_compat
=
9390 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
9391 int secondary_compat_out
=
9392 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9393 this->attributes_section_data_
);
9394 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
9395 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9396 &secondary_compat_out
,
9397 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9399 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
9400 secondary_compat_out
);
9402 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
9403 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
9404 ; // Leave the names alone.
9405 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9407 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
9408 // input architecture. Use the input names.
9409 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
9410 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
9411 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
9412 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
9416 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
9417 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
9420 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
9421 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
9422 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
9424 const std::string cpu_name
=
9425 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9426 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
9427 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
9428 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
9429 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
9434 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
9435 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
9436 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
9437 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
9438 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
9439 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
9440 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
9441 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
9442 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
9443 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
9444 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
9445 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
9446 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
9447 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
9448 // Use the largest value specified.
9449 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9450 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9453 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
9454 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
9455 // Use the smallest value specified.
9456 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9457 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9460 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
9461 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
9462 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
9463 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
9466 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
9467 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
9469 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
9473 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
9474 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
9476 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
9477 // 2 = weak requirement.
9478 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
9480 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
9481 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
9482 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
9483 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9484 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9485 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9486 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
9487 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
9488 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9492 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
9493 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9495 // 0 will merge with anything.
9496 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
9497 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
9498 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
9499 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9500 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9501 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9502 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9503 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9504 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9505 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9506 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9507 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9512 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
9513 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
9514 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
9518 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
9535 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
9537 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
9538 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9540 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
9543 // The output uses the superset of input features
9544 // (ISA version) and registers.
9545 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
9546 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
9547 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
9548 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
9549 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
9552 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
9554 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
9555 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
9558 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
9561 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
9562 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
9563 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9564 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9566 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
9568 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
9571 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
9572 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9573 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
9574 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9576 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
9578 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9579 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9581 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
9582 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
9583 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9584 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
9585 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9586 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
))
9588 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
9592 // Use the smallest value specified.
9593 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9594 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9596 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
9597 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9598 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9599 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9600 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9602 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
9603 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
9604 "across objects may fail"),
9605 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9606 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9608 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9609 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9611 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
9612 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
9614 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
9615 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
9617 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
9618 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
9619 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9621 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9622 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
9623 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9625 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
9626 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
9627 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
9628 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
9631 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
9632 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
9636 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
9639 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
9640 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9642 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
9647 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
9648 // Merged in target-independent code.
9650 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
9651 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
9652 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
9653 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
9654 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
9655 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9656 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9658 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
9659 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9661 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9662 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
9665 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9666 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9669 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
9670 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
9671 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
9672 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
9675 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
9676 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
9678 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
9679 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
9680 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
9681 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
9682 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9687 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9689 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
9690 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
9691 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9692 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9693 err_object
= "output";
9694 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9695 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9698 if (err_object
!= NULL
)
9700 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
9702 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
9706 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9710 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9711 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
9713 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
9714 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9719 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
9720 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
9721 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
9724 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
9725 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
9727 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
9728 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
9729 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9730 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
9731 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
9732 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9733 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
9735 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9736 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
9738 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9741 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
9742 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
9743 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9744 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
9745 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
9747 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
9748 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
9749 err_object
= "output";
9750 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9751 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9752 delete out_iter
->second
;
9753 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9754 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9756 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9757 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9758 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
9760 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
9761 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
9763 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
9766 else // The tags are equal.
9768 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
9769 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
9770 err_object
= "output";
9771 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9773 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9774 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
9776 // No match. Delete the attribute.
9777 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9778 delete out_iter
->second
;
9779 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9780 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9784 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
9792 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
9793 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
9795 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
9796 err_object
, err_tag
);
9800 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9801 err_object
, err_tag
);
9807 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
9809 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
9811 template<bool big_endian
>
9812 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9813 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
9817 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9819 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
9820 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
9821 arm_input_section
->init();
9823 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
9824 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
9825 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
9827 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
9828 // for this input section already.
9829 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
9831 return arm_input_section
;
9834 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
9835 // section of RELOBJ.
9837 template<bool big_endian
>
9838 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9839 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
9841 unsigned int shndx
) const
9843 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9844 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
9845 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
9846 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
9849 // Make a new stub table.
9851 template<bool big_endian
>
9852 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
9853 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
9855 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9856 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
9857 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
9859 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
9860 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
9861 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
9866 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9868 template<bool big_endian
>
9870 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9871 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9872 unsigned int r_type
,
9873 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9875 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9876 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
9877 Arm_address address
)
9879 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
9881 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9882 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9884 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
9886 const uint32_t reg
= (addend
& 0xf);
9887 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
9890 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9891 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9892 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9893 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9895 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
9897 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9898 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
9899 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
9900 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
9901 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
9908 bool target_is_thumb
;
9909 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9912 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9913 // final target is THUMB.
9914 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
9916 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9917 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9918 + gsym
->plt_offset());
9920 target_is_thumb
= false;
9922 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
9923 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9928 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
9929 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9930 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
9931 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9936 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9937 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
9940 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9941 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
9942 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9943 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
9945 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
9946 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9948 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9949 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9950 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9954 // Get the symbol value.
9955 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
9957 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
9958 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
9959 Arm_address destination
;
9962 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9964 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9966 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
9968 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9973 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
9979 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
9980 Stub_type stub_type
=
9981 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
9983 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
9985 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9986 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9987 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9988 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9990 // Locate stub by destination.
9991 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
9993 // Create a stub if there is not one already
9994 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
9997 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9998 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
9999 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
10002 // Record the destination address.
10003 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
10004 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10007 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10008 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10009 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10010 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10011 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10012 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10013 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10015 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10016 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10017 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10018 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10019 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10020 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10024 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10025 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10026 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10027 // specific part of a relocation.
10029 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10030 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10032 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10033 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10034 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10035 // mapped to output offsets.
10037 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10038 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10039 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10040 // the output section.
10042 template<bool big_endian
>
10043 template<int sh_type
>
10045 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10046 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10047 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10048 size_t reloc_count
,
10049 Output_section
* output_section
,
10050 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10051 const unsigned char* view
,
10052 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10055 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10056 const int reloc_size
=
10057 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10059 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10060 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10061 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10063 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10065 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10067 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10069 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10070 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10071 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10073 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10075 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10076 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10077 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10078 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10079 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10080 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10081 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10082 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10083 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10086 section_offset_type offset
=
10087 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
10089 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
10091 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
10092 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
10098 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
10100 // Get the BX instruction.
10101 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10102 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
10103 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
10104 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10105 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, NULL
, 0, NULL
,
10111 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
10112 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
10113 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
10115 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
10117 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10118 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
10119 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
10122 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
10124 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
10125 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
10126 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
10127 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
10128 // correspond to a section we are folding.
10130 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
10132 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
10133 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
10134 && !(relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
)))
10136 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
10139 arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10140 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
10142 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
10145 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
10146 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
10148 symval
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
10150 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10154 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10156 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10162 const Symbol
* gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
10163 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
10164 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
10165 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
10167 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
10168 if (sym
->has_symtab_index())
10169 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
10171 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10173 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
10175 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
10176 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
10177 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
10178 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
10179 Arm_address value
=
10180 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
10182 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
10183 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
10186 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10190 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
10191 // destination. Give up.
10192 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
10195 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
10196 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
10200 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
10202 template<bool big_endian
>
10204 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
10205 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10206 unsigned int sh_type
,
10207 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10208 size_t reloc_count
,
10209 Output_section
* output_section
,
10210 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10211 const unsigned char* view
,
10212 Arm_address view_address
,
10213 section_size_type view_size
)
10215 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
10216 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
10221 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10225 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
10226 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
10228 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
10233 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10238 gold_unreachable();
10241 // Group input sections for stub generation.
10243 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
10244 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
10245 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
10246 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
10247 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
10248 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
10249 // extend the group after the stub table.
10251 template<bool big_endian
>
10253 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
10255 section_size_type group_size
,
10256 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
10258 // Group input sections and insert stub table
10259 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10260 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10261 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10262 p
!= section_list
.end();
10265 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
10266 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10267 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
10272 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
10274 template<bool big_endian
>
10276 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
10278 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
10279 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
10282 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
10283 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
10285 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
10287 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
10290 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
10291 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
10292 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
10293 // the stubbed branches.
10294 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
10295 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
10296 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
10297 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
10299 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
10300 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
10301 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
10302 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10303 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
10305 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
10308 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
10309 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
10310 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account).
10312 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
10313 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
10314 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
10316 stub_group_size
= 4170000;
10319 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
10321 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10322 Output_section
* os
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
10323 if (os
!= NULL
&& os
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
10325 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
=
10326 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(os
);
10327 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, exidx_output_section
, symtab
);
10328 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
10332 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
10333 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
10334 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
10335 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
10336 // That would require more book-keeping.
10337 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
10338 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10340 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
10341 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10342 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
10343 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
10346 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
10348 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
10349 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10350 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
10352 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
10355 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
10356 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10357 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10360 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10361 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10362 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
10365 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
10366 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
10368 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
10369 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
10370 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10371 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10374 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
10376 // Update data size of stub table owner.
10377 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
10378 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
10379 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
10380 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
10381 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
10383 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
10384 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
10388 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
10389 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
10390 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
10392 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
10393 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
10396 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
10397 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
10398 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
10401 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
10402 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
10404 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
10405 if (!continue_relaxation
)
10407 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10408 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10410 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
10412 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
10413 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10414 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10417 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10418 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10420 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
10421 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
10423 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
10424 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
10428 return continue_relaxation
;
10431 // Relocate a stub.
10433 template<bool big_endian
>
10435 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
10437 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10438 Output_section
* output_section
,
10439 unsigned char* view
,
10440 Arm_address address
,
10441 section_size_type view_size
)
10444 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
10445 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
10447 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
10448 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
10450 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
10451 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
10452 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
10453 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
10455 // This is the address of the stub destination.
10456 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
10457 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10458 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
10460 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
10462 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
10463 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
10464 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
10465 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
10466 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
10467 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
10469 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
10470 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
10471 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
10472 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
10476 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
10479 template<bool big_endian
>
10481 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
10483 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
10484 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10485 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
10486 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10487 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10488 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
10489 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
10490 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
10492 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
10494 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
10495 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
10496 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
10499 // Reorder attributes.
10501 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
10502 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
10503 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
10506 template<bool big_endian
>
10508 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
10510 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
10511 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
10512 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
10514 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
10516 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
10517 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10519 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
10524 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
10526 template<bool big_endian
>
10528 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
10529 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
10530 unsigned int shndx
,
10531 section_size_type span_start
,
10532 section_size_type span_end
,
10533 const unsigned char* view
,
10534 Arm_address address
)
10536 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
10538 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
10539 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
10540 // first half of the branch.
10541 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
10542 // length non-branch instruction.
10543 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
10544 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
10545 bool last_was_branch
= false;
10546 while (i
< span_end
)
10548 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10549 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
10550 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10551 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
10552 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
10554 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
10557 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
10558 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10560 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
10561 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
10562 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
10563 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
10564 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
10565 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
10566 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
10567 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
10568 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
10571 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
10573 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
10574 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
10575 // we need to work around.
10576 if (is_32bit_branch
10577 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
10579 && !last_was_branch
)
10581 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
10582 bool force_target_arm
= false;
10583 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
10584 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
10585 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10586 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
10588 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
10590 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
10591 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
10593 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10594 && !target_is_thumb
)
10595 force_target_arm
= true;
10596 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10597 && target_is_thumb
)
10598 force_target_thumb
= true;
10602 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
10604 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
10605 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
10606 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
10607 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10609 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
10610 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
10611 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
10612 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
10613 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
10614 // setting of always_after_branch above).
10618 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10620 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
10622 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
10624 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10629 stub_type
= (is_blx
10630 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
10632 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
10633 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
10636 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10638 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
10640 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
10641 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
10642 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
10643 // BLX stub instead in that case.
10644 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
10645 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
10647 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
10651 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
10652 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
10653 else if (force_target_thumb
10654 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
10656 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
10664 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
10665 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
10666 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
10667 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
10668 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
10670 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
10672 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
10673 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
10675 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
10676 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
10680 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10681 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
10682 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10683 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
10688 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
10689 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
10690 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
10694 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
10696 template<bool big_endian
>
10698 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
10699 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
10700 Arm_address stub_address
,
10701 unsigned char* insn_view
,
10702 Arm_address insn_address
)
10704 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10705 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
10706 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10707 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10708 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
10710 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10711 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
10713 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
10714 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
));
10715 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
,
10717 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
,
10721 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
10722 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
10723 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
10724 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
10725 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
10726 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
10727 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
10728 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
10729 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
10731 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
10732 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
10733 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
10734 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
10738 gold_unreachable();
10741 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
10742 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
10743 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
10746 template<bool big_endian
>
10747 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
10750 Target_selector_arm()
10751 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
10752 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
10756 do_instantiate_target()
10757 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
10760 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10762 template<bool big_endian
>
10764 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
10766 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
10767 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
10769 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
10770 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
10771 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
10772 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
10773 // by addresses within the output section.
10775 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
10776 Sorted_output_section_list
;
10777 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
10778 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10779 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10780 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10781 p
!= section_list
.end();
10784 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
10785 if (((*p
)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
10786 sorted_output_sections
.insert(*p
);
10789 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
10790 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
10792 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
10793 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
10794 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
10795 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
10798 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
10799 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10800 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
10803 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
);
10806 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
10807 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
10809 } // End anonymous namespace.